1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
4 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
33 #include "blockinput.h"
35 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
36 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
37 #include "syssignal.h"
39 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
40 if this is not done before the other system files. */
42 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
44 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
45 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
47 #include <sys/types.h>
50 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
51 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
52 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H) */
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
84 #include "xsettings.h"
86 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
108 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
110 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
111 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
113 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
115 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
116 #if defined USE_MOTIF
117 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
118 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
119 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
123 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
124 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
125 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
126 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
127 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
128 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
130 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
131 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
132 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
133 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
135 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
139 #ifndef XtNinitialState
140 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
144 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
148 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
153 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
155 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
157 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
160 static int any_help_event_p
;
162 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
163 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
165 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
167 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
169 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
171 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
173 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
176 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
178 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
179 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
180 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
181 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
183 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
185 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
186 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
187 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
188 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
190 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
192 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
194 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
196 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
201 } pending_event_wait
;
204 /* The application context for Xt use. */
205 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
206 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
207 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
209 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
211 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
213 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
214 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
216 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
218 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
219 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
220 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
222 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
226 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
227 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
228 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
229 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
231 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
233 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
234 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
235 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
236 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
237 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
238 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
239 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
240 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
241 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
244 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
246 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
247 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
248 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
250 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
252 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
253 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
256 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
257 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
260 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
262 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
263 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
264 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
265 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
266 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
267 it's somewhat accurate. */
269 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
271 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
273 static Time last_user_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
290 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
291 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
292 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
294 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
295 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
298 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
299 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
301 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
302 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
305 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
306 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
308 /* Used in x_flush. */
310 extern XrmDatabase
x_load_resources (Display
*, const char *, const char *,
312 extern int x_bitmap_mask (FRAME_PTR
, int);
314 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
315 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
316 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
317 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
319 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
320 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
321 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
322 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
323 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
324 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
325 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
326 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
327 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
329 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
330 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
331 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
332 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
333 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
334 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
335 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
336 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
337 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
338 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
340 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
341 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
342 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
343 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
344 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
345 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
346 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
347 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
348 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
350 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
351 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
352 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
353 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
354 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
355 int *, struct input_event
*);
356 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
357 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
358 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
361 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
364 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
366 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
367 connection may be broken. */
368 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
374 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
375 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
376 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
377 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
379 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
380 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
385 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
386 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
387 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
388 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
389 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
392 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
395 /***********************************************************************
397 ***********************************************************************/
401 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
402 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
410 struct record event_record
[100];
412 int event_record_index
;
414 record_event (locus
, type
)
418 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
419 event_record_index
= 0;
421 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
422 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
423 event_record_index
++;
430 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
432 struct x_display_info
*
433 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
435 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
437 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
438 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
444 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
445 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
448 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
451 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
452 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
454 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
457 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
458 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
459 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
460 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 /* return unless necessary */
486 unsigned long n
, left
;
488 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
489 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
490 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
491 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
494 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
495 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
497 XFree ((void *) data
);
502 XFree ((void *) data
);
506 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
507 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
508 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
509 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
514 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
516 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
520 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
522 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
526 /***********************************************************************
527 Starting and ending an update
528 ***********************************************************************/
530 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
531 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
532 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
533 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
534 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
537 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
543 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
544 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
548 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
550 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
551 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
554 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
558 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
560 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
561 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
563 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
565 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
566 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
573 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
576 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
578 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
581 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
583 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
586 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
587 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
590 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
592 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
593 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
595 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
596 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
597 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
599 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
600 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
604 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
606 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
608 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
613 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
615 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
617 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
618 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
623 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
624 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
625 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
627 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
628 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
629 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
632 updated_window
= NULL
;
636 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
640 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
642 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
643 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
647 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
653 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
654 complete update has been performed. The global variable
655 updated_window is not available here. */
658 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
662 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
664 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
665 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
668 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
669 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
670 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
671 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
672 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
679 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
680 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
681 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
682 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
683 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
684 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
687 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
689 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
695 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
696 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
698 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
699 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
700 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
701 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
702 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
703 overhead is very small. */
704 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
705 && desired_row
->full_width_p
706 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
707 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
709 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
712 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
715 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
716 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
717 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
718 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
719 y
, width
, height
, False
);
725 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
727 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
728 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
729 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
730 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
731 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
733 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
734 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
738 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
740 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
741 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
742 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
743 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
745 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
747 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
749 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
750 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
751 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
752 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
753 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
754 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
755 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
756 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
758 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
762 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
763 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
764 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
768 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
769 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
770 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
771 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
775 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
777 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
778 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
780 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
785 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
787 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
788 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
790 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
791 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
796 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
797 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
800 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
806 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
807 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
811 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
813 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
815 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
817 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
819 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
820 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
822 face
->background
, depth
);
826 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
827 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
830 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
831 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
832 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
833 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
836 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
837 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
838 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
842 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
843 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
844 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
848 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
853 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
854 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
855 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
859 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
863 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
864 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
867 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
872 /***********************************************************************
874 ***********************************************************************/
878 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
882 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
889 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
891 unsigned long *, double, int);
892 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
893 double, int, unsigned long);
894 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
898 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
899 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
901 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
902 int, int, int, int, int, int,
904 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
905 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
908 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
912 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
916 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
918 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
919 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
920 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
922 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
925 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
929 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
930 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
932 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
933 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
934 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
935 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
936 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
937 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
938 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
940 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
941 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
942 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
944 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
945 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
948 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
949 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
950 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
952 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
953 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
956 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
957 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
959 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
964 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
967 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
972 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
973 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
974 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
976 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
978 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
979 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
981 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
982 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
983 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
985 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
989 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
994 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
995 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
996 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
997 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
999 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1000 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1003 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1004 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1006 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1009 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1013 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1014 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1015 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1018 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1020 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1024 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1025 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1029 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1031 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1033 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1035 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1036 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1038 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1040 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1041 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1043 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1045 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1048 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1050 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1051 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1053 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1054 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1056 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1057 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1061 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1062 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1065 /* GC must have been set. */
1066 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1070 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1071 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1074 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1076 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1077 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1080 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1085 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1086 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1090 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1095 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1097 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1100 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1105 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1108 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1111 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1112 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1114 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1116 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1118 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1119 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1122 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1123 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1124 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1128 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1130 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1132 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1133 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1134 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1138 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1139 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1144 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1147 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1150 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1151 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1152 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1153 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1157 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1158 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1159 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1160 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1161 contains the first component of a composition. */
1164 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1166 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1167 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1168 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1170 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1174 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1175 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1176 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1177 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1178 s
->background_width
,
1179 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1180 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1181 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1183 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1184 || s
->font_not_found_p
1185 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1188 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1189 s
->background_width
,
1190 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1191 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1197 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1200 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1204 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1205 of S to the right of that box line. */
1206 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1207 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1208 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1212 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1214 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1216 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1218 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1219 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1220 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1222 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1227 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1228 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1231 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1232 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1234 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1236 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1237 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1239 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1240 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1241 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1245 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1248 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1251 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1253 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1254 of S to the right of that box line. */
1255 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1256 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1257 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1261 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1262 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1263 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1264 this composition. */
1266 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1267 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1268 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1270 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1271 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1272 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1274 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1278 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1279 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1281 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1282 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1284 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1285 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1286 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1291 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1296 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1298 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1299 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1300 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1303 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1307 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1308 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1309 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1312 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1313 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1314 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1315 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1316 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1317 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1325 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1326 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1327 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1333 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1336 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1338 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1342 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1343 of S to the right of that box line. */
1344 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1345 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1346 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1352 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1354 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1355 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1357 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1360 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1361 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1365 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1366 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1367 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1368 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1369 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1370 str
= (char *) SDATA (acronym
);
1373 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEXA_CODE
)
1375 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1376 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1377 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1383 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1386 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1387 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1389 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1390 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1392 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1393 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1394 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1396 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1397 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1398 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1401 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1402 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1403 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1404 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1405 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1406 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1412 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1413 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1414 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1415 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1416 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1419 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1420 cannot be determined. */
1422 static struct frame
*
1423 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1425 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1429 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1431 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1432 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1433 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1434 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1435 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1436 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1438 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1439 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1440 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1441 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1442 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1444 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1445 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1446 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1453 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1454 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1455 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1456 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1459 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1461 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1462 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1466 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1467 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1468 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1469 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1470 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1471 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1474 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1475 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1477 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1478 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1482 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1483 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1485 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1487 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1489 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1494 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1495 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1497 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1500 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1502 DPY is the display we are working on.
1504 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1505 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1506 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1507 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1509 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1510 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1512 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1513 we allocated the color or not.
1515 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1518 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1519 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1520 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1530 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1531 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1533 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1537 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1538 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1539 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1541 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1543 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1544 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1546 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1548 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1549 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1551 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1552 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1554 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1555 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1560 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1562 params
[0] = color_name
;
1563 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1564 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1565 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1570 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1572 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1574 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1578 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1582 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1583 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1586 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1591 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1592 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1593 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1595 APP is the application context in which we work.
1597 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1598 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1599 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1601 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1604 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1609 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1611 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1614 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1616 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1617 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1618 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1619 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1620 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1625 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1628 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1629 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1630 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1631 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1633 static const XColor
*
1634 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1636 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1638 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1640 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1643 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1644 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1645 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1646 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1647 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1649 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1650 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1652 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1653 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1656 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1657 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1661 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1662 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1665 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1667 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1669 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1672 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1674 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1675 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1676 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1677 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1681 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1685 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1686 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1689 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1691 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1695 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1696 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1697 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1701 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1705 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1708 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1709 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1710 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1711 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1713 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1715 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1717 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1719 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1720 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1721 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1722 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1724 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1727 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1731 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1732 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1733 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1734 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1738 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1739 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1740 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1741 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1742 XColor
*cached_color
;
1744 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1745 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1746 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1747 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1748 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1750 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1751 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1752 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1756 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1758 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1759 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1765 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1766 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1767 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1771 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1773 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1774 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1778 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1779 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1780 get color reference counts right. */
1783 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1787 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1789 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1790 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1792 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1793 register_color (pixel
);
1799 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1800 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1801 get color reference counts right. */
1804 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1808 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1810 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1811 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1813 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1814 register_color (pixel
);
1820 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1823 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1824 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1825 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1826 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1827 use an additional additive factor.
1829 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1830 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1831 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1834 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1835 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1836 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1837 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1838 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1839 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1842 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1848 /* Get RGB color values. */
1849 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1850 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1852 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1853 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1854 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1855 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1856 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1858 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1859 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1861 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1862 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1863 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1864 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1865 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1867 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1868 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1869 /* The additive adjustment. */
1870 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1874 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1875 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1876 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1880 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1881 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1882 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1886 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1887 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1890 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1892 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1893 delta to the RGB values. */
1894 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1896 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1897 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1898 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1899 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1910 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1911 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1912 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1913 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1914 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1915 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1918 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1921 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1922 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1923 unsigned long pixel
;
1924 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1925 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1926 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1927 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1929 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1930 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1932 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1933 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1934 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1936 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1938 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1939 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1942 /* Allocate new color. */
1943 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1945 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1946 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1948 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1949 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1952 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1954 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1956 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1959 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1963 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1966 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1968 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1969 unsigned long color
;
1971 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1972 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1973 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1975 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1976 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1981 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1982 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1983 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1986 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1987 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1989 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1990 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1991 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1992 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1993 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1998 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1999 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2000 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2001 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2002 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2003 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2007 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2008 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2009 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2010 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2012 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2013 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2018 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2020 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2021 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2023 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2024 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2025 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2032 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2033 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2034 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2036 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2037 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2038 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2039 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2046 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2048 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2049 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2051 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2053 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2056 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2061 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2065 /* Outermost top line. */
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2069 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2071 /* Outermost left line. */
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2080 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2081 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2082 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2083 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2084 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2085 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2091 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2092 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2093 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2094 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2095 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2098 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2102 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2103 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2104 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2105 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2106 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2107 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2110 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2111 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2112 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2116 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2117 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2118 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2121 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2122 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2126 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2127 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2130 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2131 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2135 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2136 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2138 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2139 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2143 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2146 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2148 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2149 int left_p
, right_p
;
2150 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2151 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2153 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2154 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2155 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2157 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2158 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2160 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2162 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2163 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2165 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2167 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2169 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2171 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2172 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2174 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2175 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2176 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2178 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2180 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2182 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2183 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2184 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2187 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2188 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2189 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2194 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2197 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2200 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2202 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2203 right of that line. */
2204 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2205 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2207 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2209 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2211 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2212 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2213 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2214 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2220 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2221 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2222 trust on the shape extension to be available
2223 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2225 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2228 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2230 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2231 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2232 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2233 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2234 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2236 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2239 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2240 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2241 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2242 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2243 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2244 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2248 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2250 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2253 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2254 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2255 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2256 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2257 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2258 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2260 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2261 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2262 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2263 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2264 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2265 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2266 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2268 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2272 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2273 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2278 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2279 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2280 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2284 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2287 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2289 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2292 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2294 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2295 right of that line. */
2296 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2297 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2299 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2301 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2303 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2304 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2305 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2306 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2308 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2309 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2311 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2312 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2316 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2317 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2320 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2321 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2323 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2324 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2325 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2326 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2328 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2329 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2330 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2332 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2334 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2339 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2342 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2345 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2347 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2348 right of that line. */
2349 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2350 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2352 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2354 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2356 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2357 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2358 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2359 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2365 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2366 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2367 trust on the shape extension to be available
2368 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2370 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2374 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2375 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2376 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2377 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2378 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2380 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2381 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2382 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2383 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2387 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2388 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2389 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2391 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2392 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2393 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2394 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2395 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2396 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2397 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2399 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2401 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2402 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2403 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2408 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2409 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2410 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2414 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2415 give the rectangle to draw. */
2418 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2422 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2423 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2424 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2425 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2428 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2432 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2435 s->x +-------------------------
2438 | +-------------------------
2441 | | +-------------------
2447 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2449 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2450 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2452 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2455 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2456 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2457 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2458 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2460 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2461 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2463 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2464 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2468 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2469 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2473 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2474 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2475 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2476 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2477 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2479 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2480 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2481 s
->background_width
,
2484 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2486 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2488 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2491 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2492 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2493 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2494 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2495 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2496 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2497 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2502 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2504 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2505 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2506 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2507 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2515 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2517 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2519 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2520 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2522 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2525 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2528 /* Draw the foreground. */
2531 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2532 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2533 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2534 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2535 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2538 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2540 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2542 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2543 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2544 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2548 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2551 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2553 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2555 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2556 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2558 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2559 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2560 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2563 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2565 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2569 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2575 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2577 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2579 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2580 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2581 x
+= background_width
;
2583 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2584 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2588 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2590 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2591 if (width
< background_width
)
2594 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2598 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2602 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2603 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2605 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2611 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2612 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2614 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2616 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2617 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2618 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2619 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2624 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2625 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2626 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2627 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2631 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2633 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2634 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2636 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2637 except for header line and mode line. */
2638 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2640 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2643 if (background_width
> 0)
2644 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2647 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2651 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2654 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2656 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2658 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2659 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2660 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2661 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2664 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2666 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2667 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2668 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2669 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2671 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2672 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2673 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2674 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2676 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2677 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2681 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2682 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2684 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2685 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2686 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2687 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2688 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2689 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2692 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2693 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2694 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2695 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2698 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2700 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2701 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2702 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2703 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2704 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2705 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2707 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2709 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2712 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2716 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2720 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2721 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2723 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2724 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2727 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2728 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2729 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2730 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2732 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2733 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2736 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2737 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2738 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2740 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2741 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2748 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2750 /* Draw underline. */
2751 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2753 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2756 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2758 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2759 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2760 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2764 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2765 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2766 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2769 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2770 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2773 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2774 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2775 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2776 specs, and its default is
2778 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2779 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2781 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2782 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2783 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2785 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2787 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2789 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2791 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2792 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2793 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2794 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2795 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2796 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2797 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2798 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2799 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2800 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2801 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2802 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2806 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2807 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2808 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2809 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2810 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2814 /* Draw overline. */
2815 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2817 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2819 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw strike-through. */
2834 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2836 unsigned long h
= 1;
2837 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2839 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2840 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2845 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2846 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2847 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2849 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2853 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2854 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2855 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2859 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2861 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2862 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2863 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2865 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2866 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2867 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2870 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2871 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2872 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2873 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2875 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2876 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2878 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2884 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2886 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2887 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2888 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2890 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2891 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2892 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2895 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2896 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2897 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2898 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2900 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2901 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2903 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2908 /* Reset clipping. */
2909 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2913 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2916 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2918 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2919 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2920 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2924 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2928 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2934 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2935 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2938 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2940 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2941 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2945 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2948 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2950 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2952 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2953 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2954 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2956 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2957 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2959 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2961 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2962 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2963 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2965 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2966 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2967 redisplay, do it here. */
2968 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2969 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2972 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2979 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2981 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2982 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2984 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2987 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2988 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2991 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2993 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2994 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2995 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2997 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2998 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3002 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3004 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3005 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3009 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3011 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3012 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3014 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3016 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3020 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3026 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3027 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3028 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3031 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3032 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3033 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3034 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3035 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3036 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3037 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3041 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3042 pixels into background pixels. */
3046 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3047 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3048 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3050 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3051 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3055 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3056 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3057 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3058 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3059 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3060 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3061 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3065 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3066 edge it is next to. */
3067 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3069 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3070 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3073 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3074 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3081 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3083 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3084 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3086 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3088 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3089 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3090 width
, flash_height
);
3091 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3093 (height
- flash_height
3094 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3095 width
, flash_height
);
3099 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3100 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3101 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3102 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3107 struct timeval wakeup
;
3109 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3111 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3112 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3113 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3114 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3116 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3118 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3120 struct timeval current
;
3121 struct timeval timeout
;
3123 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3125 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3126 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3129 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3131 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3133 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3134 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3138 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3139 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3141 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3143 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3144 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3145 width
, flash_height
);
3146 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3148 (height
- flash_height
3149 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3150 width
, flash_height
);
3153 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3154 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3155 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3156 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3159 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3160 #undef XFillRectangle
3162 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3171 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3175 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3180 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3181 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3182 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3185 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3186 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3187 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3192 /* Make audible bell. */
3195 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3197 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3199 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3206 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3207 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3214 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3215 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3216 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3217 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3220 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3222 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3227 /***********************************************************************
3229 ***********************************************************************/
3231 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3232 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3235 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3241 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3244 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3246 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3247 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3249 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3250 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3252 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3254 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3255 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3256 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3260 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3261 line at the bottom. */
3262 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3263 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3265 height
= run
->height
;
3269 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3271 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3272 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3274 height
= run
->height
;
3279 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3283 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3284 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3285 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3295 /***********************************************************************
3297 ***********************************************************************/
3301 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3303 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3304 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3305 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3306 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3308 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3309 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3311 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3312 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3316 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3318 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3319 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3320 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3321 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3323 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3324 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3326 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3327 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3330 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3331 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3332 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3333 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3334 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3337 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3339 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3341 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3343 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3344 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3345 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3347 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3348 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3350 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3351 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3353 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3356 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3359 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3360 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3361 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3364 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3366 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3368 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3370 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3371 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3373 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3374 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3375 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3376 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3377 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3379 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3380 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3384 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3387 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3388 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3391 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3393 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3395 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3397 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3398 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3402 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3403 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3405 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3406 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3410 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3411 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3413 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3416 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3418 struct frame
*frame
;
3420 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3424 switch (event
->type
)
3429 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3431 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3433 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3434 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3435 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3436 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3438 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3444 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3445 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3446 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3447 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3451 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3453 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3454 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3455 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3462 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3465 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3467 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3470 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3471 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3472 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3474 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3475 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3476 the appropriate X display info. */
3479 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3481 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3485 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3487 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3489 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3491 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3492 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3493 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3494 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3495 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3497 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3498 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3502 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3504 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3507 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3508 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3509 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3515 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3517 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3519 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3521 int min_code
, max_code
;
3524 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3526 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3527 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3528 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3529 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3530 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3532 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3534 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3535 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3537 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3539 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3540 Alt keysyms are on. */
3542 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3543 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3545 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3547 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3548 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3550 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3552 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3556 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3560 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3562 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3568 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3569 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3574 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3575 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3580 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3581 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3582 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3583 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3588 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3589 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3590 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3591 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3595 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3596 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3597 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3598 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3599 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3608 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3609 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3611 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3612 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3615 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3616 make them just meta, not alt. */
3617 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3619 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3622 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3623 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3626 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3630 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3632 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3633 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3634 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3635 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3638 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3639 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3640 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3641 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3642 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3643 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3644 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3645 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3648 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3649 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3650 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3651 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3652 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3653 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3657 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3659 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3660 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3661 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3662 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3666 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3667 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3668 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3669 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3670 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3671 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3672 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3673 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3676 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3677 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3678 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3679 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3680 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3681 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3684 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3687 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3692 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3700 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3702 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3704 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3708 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3710 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3712 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3713 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3714 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3715 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3717 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3721 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3722 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3723 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3729 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3730 The input handler calls this.
3732 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3733 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3734 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3735 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3737 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3738 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3741 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3743 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3744 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3745 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3747 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3750 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3752 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3753 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3754 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3755 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3760 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3761 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3762 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3763 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3764 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3765 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3767 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3768 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3769 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3770 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3771 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3772 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3780 /************************************************************************
3782 ************************************************************************/
3785 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3787 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3788 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3789 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3790 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3791 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3796 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3797 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3799 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3800 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3801 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3802 position on the scroll bar.
3804 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3805 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3808 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3809 was at this position.
3811 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3813 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3817 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3823 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3824 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3830 Window dummy_window
;
3833 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3835 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3836 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3837 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3838 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3839 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3841 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3843 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3844 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3845 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3847 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3850 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3851 a different screen. */
3854 /* The position on that root window. */
3857 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3860 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3862 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3864 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3865 containing the pointer. */
3869 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3873 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3874 structure is changing at the same time this function
3875 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3877 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3879 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3880 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3882 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3883 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3884 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3886 /* From-window, to-window. */
3887 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3889 /* From-position, to-position. */
3890 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3894 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3900 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3902 /* From-window, to-window. */
3905 /* From-position, to-position. */
3906 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3911 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3914 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3915 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3916 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3917 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3918 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3926 /* Now we know that:
3927 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3928 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3929 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3930 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3931 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3932 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3933 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3934 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3935 never use them in that case.) */
3938 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3939 want the edit window. */
3940 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3942 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3943 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3946 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3947 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3950 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3951 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3953 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3956 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3959 x_uncatch_errors ();
3961 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3964 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3966 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3970 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3976 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3977 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3981 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3982 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3983 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3984 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3985 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3986 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3987 the frame are divided into. */
3989 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3990 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3995 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3996 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3997 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4007 /***********************************************************************
4009 ***********************************************************************/
4011 /* Scroll bar support. */
4013 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4015 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4018 static struct scroll_bar
*
4019 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4023 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4024 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4025 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4027 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4029 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4031 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4032 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4033 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4036 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4039 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4041 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4042 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4043 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4044 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4045 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4048 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4049 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4050 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4051 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4058 #if defined USE_LUCID
4060 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4061 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4064 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4068 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4070 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4072 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4073 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4075 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4083 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4086 /************************************************************************
4088 ************************************************************************/
4090 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4092 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4093 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4094 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4095 struct scroll_bar
*);
4096 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4100 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4101 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4103 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4105 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4107 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4109 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4110 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4113 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4115 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4117 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4119 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4120 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4121 to avoid jerkyness. */
4123 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4125 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4126 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4127 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4128 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4131 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4132 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4135 const char *end_action
;
4138 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4139 end_action
= "Release";
4140 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4141 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4142 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4143 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4146 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4147 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4151 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4152 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4153 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4155 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4157 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4158 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4159 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4161 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4162 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4164 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4165 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4168 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4170 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4171 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4173 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4174 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4177 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4178 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4179 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4180 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4183 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4186 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4187 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4188 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4193 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4194 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4195 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4196 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4197 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4200 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4201 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4202 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4203 into that array in the event. */
4204 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4205 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4208 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4210 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4211 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4212 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4214 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4216 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4217 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4220 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4221 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4222 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4223 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4224 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4225 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4227 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4228 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4229 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4230 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4233 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4234 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4235 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4236 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4241 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4245 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4247 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4252 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4253 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4255 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4256 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4258 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4259 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4262 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4264 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4266 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4267 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4268 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4269 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4270 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4276 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4278 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4281 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4282 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4283 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4286 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4288 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4289 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4290 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4294 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4295 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4296 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4299 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4300 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4301 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4304 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4305 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4306 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4309 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4310 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4311 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4319 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4320 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4321 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4328 /* Get the slider size. */
4330 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4333 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4334 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4335 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4336 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4340 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4346 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4347 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4348 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4352 #elif defined USE_GTK
4354 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4355 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4358 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4359 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4363 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4365 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4366 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4367 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4369 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4370 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4375 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4376 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4377 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4378 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4380 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4381 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4382 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4383 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4384 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4387 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4388 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4389 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4391 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4392 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4393 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4395 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4396 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4397 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4399 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4400 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4401 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4407 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4408 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4409 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4415 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4418 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4419 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4422 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4423 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4424 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4426 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4427 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4428 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4435 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4437 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4438 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4439 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4443 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4445 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4446 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4448 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4451 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4453 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4457 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4459 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4460 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4461 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4462 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4463 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4465 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4467 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4469 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4470 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4471 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4472 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4476 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4477 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4478 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4479 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4480 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4481 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4482 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4485 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4487 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4488 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4489 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4493 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4495 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4498 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4499 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4501 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4502 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4503 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4504 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4506 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4508 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4509 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4510 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4511 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4514 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4516 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4518 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4519 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4523 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4525 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4528 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4529 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4534 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4537 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4543 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4544 unsigned long pixel
;
4549 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4551 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4553 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4554 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4555 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4556 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4558 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4561 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4565 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4568 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4572 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4573 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4575 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4576 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4578 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4580 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4582 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4584 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4586 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4588 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4591 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4592 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4594 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4595 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4596 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4597 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4599 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4601 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4602 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4603 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4604 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4605 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4606 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4607 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4608 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4610 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4613 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4617 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4624 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4626 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4627 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4632 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4633 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4634 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4636 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4639 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4641 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4644 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4645 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4646 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4648 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4652 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4653 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4654 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4655 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4656 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4657 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4658 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4661 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4662 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4666 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4667 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4668 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4670 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4672 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4675 /* Specify the colors. */
4676 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4679 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4682 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4685 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4691 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4692 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4696 char *val
= initial
;
4697 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4698 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4699 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4701 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4702 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4703 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4704 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4705 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4706 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4710 /* Define callbacks. */
4711 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4712 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4715 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4716 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4718 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4720 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4721 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4722 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4723 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4725 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4726 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4727 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4728 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4732 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4735 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4736 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4740 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4742 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4745 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4747 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4750 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4751 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4758 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4759 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4760 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4761 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4762 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4763 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4764 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4765 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4766 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4767 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4768 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4769 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4770 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4771 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4778 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4779 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4782 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4786 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4787 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4789 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4790 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4791 size
= max (size
, 1);
4793 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4794 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4795 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4797 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4799 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4805 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4806 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4810 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4812 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4813 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4814 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4818 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4819 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4820 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4823 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4824 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4826 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4827 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4828 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4829 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4831 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4832 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4835 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4836 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4837 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4839 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4843 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4847 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4849 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4853 /************************************************************************
4854 Scroll bars, general
4855 ************************************************************************/
4857 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4858 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4859 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4862 static struct scroll_bar
*
4863 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4865 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4866 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4867 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4871 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4872 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4873 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4875 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4879 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4880 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4881 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4883 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4884 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4886 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4888 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4890 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4891 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4892 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4893 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4894 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4896 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4898 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4899 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4900 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4902 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4904 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4911 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4913 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4915 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4919 bar
->height
= height
;
4922 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4923 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4925 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4926 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4928 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4929 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4930 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4932 /* Map the window/widget. */
4933 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4936 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4939 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4940 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4942 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4943 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4944 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4945 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4947 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4948 max (height
, 1), 0);
4949 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4950 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4952 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4953 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4954 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4961 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4963 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4965 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4966 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4967 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4970 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4971 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4972 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4973 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4974 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4977 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4979 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4980 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4981 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4982 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4984 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4986 && start
== bar
->start
4993 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4994 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4995 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4997 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4998 the distance between start and end. */
5000 int length
= end
- start
;
5004 else if (start
> top_range
)
5006 end
= start
+ length
;
5010 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5014 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5018 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5019 if (end
> top_range
)
5022 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5023 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5024 that many pixels tall. */
5025 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5027 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5028 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5030 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5031 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5032 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5033 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5034 inside_width
, start
,
5037 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5038 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5039 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5040 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5042 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5043 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5044 /* x, y, width, height */
5045 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5046 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5047 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5049 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5050 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5051 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5052 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5054 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5055 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5056 if (end
< inside_height
)
5057 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5058 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5059 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5060 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5061 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5069 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5071 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5075 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5077 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5080 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5082 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5083 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5084 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5085 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5087 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5090 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5091 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5097 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5098 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5099 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5103 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5105 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5106 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5107 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5108 int window_y
, window_height
;
5109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5110 int fringe_extended_p
;
5113 /* Get window dimensions. */
5114 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5116 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5117 height
= window_height
;
5119 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5120 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5122 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5123 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5124 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5125 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5129 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5130 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5131 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5132 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5134 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5136 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5137 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5142 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5143 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5144 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5145 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5146 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5147 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5149 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5150 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5151 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5152 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5155 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5156 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5158 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5161 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5162 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5163 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5164 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5167 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5168 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5172 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5176 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5177 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5179 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5183 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5185 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5187 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5189 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5192 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5194 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5195 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5197 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5198 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5199 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5201 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5202 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5203 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5205 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5206 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5209 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5212 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5213 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5215 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5216 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5217 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5219 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5220 max (height
, 1), 0);
5221 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5223 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5225 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5226 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5227 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5229 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5230 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5232 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5233 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5234 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5238 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5239 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5240 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5243 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5244 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5245 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5247 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5248 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5249 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5250 rest
, height
, False
);
5252 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5253 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5257 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5262 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5264 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5266 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5270 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5272 /* Remember new settings. */
5273 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5275 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5276 bar
->height
= height
;
5281 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5282 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5284 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5285 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5286 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5288 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5290 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5293 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5296 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5297 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5298 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5301 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5303 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5307 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5308 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5309 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5310 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5311 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5312 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5313 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5315 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5316 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5317 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5320 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5322 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5323 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5326 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5327 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5328 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5329 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5330 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5331 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5332 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5337 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5338 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5341 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5343 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5346 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5347 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5350 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5352 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5353 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5354 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5356 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5358 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5359 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5361 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5362 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5363 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5365 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5366 one or the other! */
5370 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5372 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5373 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5375 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5377 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5378 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5379 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5382 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5383 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5386 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5388 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5390 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5392 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5393 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5394 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5396 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5398 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5400 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5403 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5406 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5407 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5411 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5412 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5413 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5415 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5419 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5421 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5422 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5423 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5424 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5428 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5430 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5431 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5432 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5433 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5435 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5436 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5438 /* x, y, width, height */
5440 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5443 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5444 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5445 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5446 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5451 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5453 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5454 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5456 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5461 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5463 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5466 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5467 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5468 emacs_event
->modifiers
5469 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5470 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5471 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5472 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5475 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5476 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5477 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5480 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5481 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5484 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5487 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5488 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5489 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5491 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5493 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5494 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5495 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5496 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5498 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5499 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5501 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5502 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5506 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5507 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5511 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5513 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5515 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5519 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5521 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5523 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5526 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5528 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5529 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5531 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5532 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5534 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5536 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5538 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5543 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5545 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5546 on the scroll bar. */
5549 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5551 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5552 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5553 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5555 Window dummy_window
;
5557 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5561 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5563 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5565 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5566 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5567 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5569 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5572 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5578 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5580 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5582 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5583 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5587 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5591 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5593 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5594 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5595 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5596 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5597 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5598 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5600 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5602 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5603 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5606 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5609 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5615 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5616 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5617 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5621 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5623 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5626 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5627 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5628 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5629 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5630 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5631 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5632 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5633 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5635 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5639 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5641 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5642 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5643 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5644 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5646 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5647 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5649 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5651 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5652 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5654 static int temp_index
;
5655 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5657 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5658 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5660 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5662 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5663 on a particular display. */
5665 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5667 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5668 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5669 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5670 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5672 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5674 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5677 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5678 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5679 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5680 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5681 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5682 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5693 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5694 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5695 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5697 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5699 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5703 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5705 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5706 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5707 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5710 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5711 event
->xclient
.window
);
5713 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5718 static int current_count
;
5719 static int current_finish
;
5720 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5722 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5723 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5724 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5725 static GdkFilterReturn
5726 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5728 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5731 if (current_count
>= 0)
5733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5735 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5738 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5739 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5740 so we do it here. */
5741 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5743 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5746 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5751 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5754 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5758 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5762 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5763 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5765 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5767 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5770 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5772 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5773 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5774 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5776 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5779 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5782 struct input_event ie
;
5783 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5788 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5789 struct coding_system coding
;
5790 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5791 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5793 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5795 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5796 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5799 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5800 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5806 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5807 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5808 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5810 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5811 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5813 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5814 could be the shell widget window
5815 if the frame has no title bar. */
5816 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5818 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5819 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5820 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5822 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5823 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5824 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5825 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5826 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5829 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5830 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5831 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5832 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5835 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5836 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5837 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5840 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5841 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5842 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5844 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5845 /* The ICCCM says this is
5846 the only valid choice. */
5848 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5849 /* This is needed to detect the error
5850 if there is an error. */
5852 x_uncatch_errors ();
5854 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5859 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5860 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5862 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5863 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5864 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5865 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5866 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5867 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5868 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5869 session manager and one for this. */
5871 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5874 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5875 event
.xclient
.window
);
5876 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5877 for a single Emacs process. */
5878 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5879 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5880 event
.xclient
.window
,
5881 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5883 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5884 event
.xclient
.window
,
5890 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5891 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5893 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5894 event
.xclient
.window
);
5896 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5898 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5899 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5906 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5907 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5912 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5913 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5916 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5918 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5919 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5923 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5930 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5931 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5933 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5935 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5939 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5941 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5942 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5943 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5944 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5946 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5947 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5948 currently never do because we are interested in
5949 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5950 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5951 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5954 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5955 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5959 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5960 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5961 we construct an input_event. */
5962 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5963 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5965 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5966 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5969 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5971 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5972 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5973 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5975 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5976 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5977 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5979 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5983 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5985 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5988 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5989 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5993 case SelectionNotify
:
5994 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5995 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5996 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5998 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5999 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6002 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6003 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6004 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6005 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6007 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6009 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6011 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6012 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6013 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6014 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6015 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6019 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6020 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6021 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6022 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6024 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6026 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6027 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6029 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6030 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6031 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6035 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6036 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6040 case PropertyNotify
:
6041 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6042 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6043 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6044 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6046 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6047 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6050 case ReparentNotify
:
6051 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6055 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6056 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6060 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6061 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6062 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6067 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6071 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6072 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6073 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6074 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6075 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6078 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6080 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6081 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6082 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6083 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6087 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6088 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6092 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6093 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6095 #if defined USE_LUCID
6096 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6097 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6098 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6101 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6103 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6105 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6107 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6108 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6110 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6111 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6112 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6115 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6120 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6124 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6125 source area was obscured or not
6127 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6131 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6132 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6133 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6135 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6138 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6141 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6142 source area was completely
6147 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6148 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6151 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6154 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6155 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6156 the frame was deleted. */
6158 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6159 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6160 display that won't ever be seen. */
6161 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6162 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6163 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6164 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6165 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6166 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6167 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6168 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6170 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6172 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6173 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6179 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6180 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6181 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6184 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6185 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6186 frame is visible. */
6187 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6190 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6191 the frame's display structures.
6192 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6193 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6194 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6195 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6196 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6197 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6199 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6200 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6201 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6202 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6204 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6205 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6206 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6210 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6211 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6213 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6214 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6215 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6216 to update the frame titles
6217 in case this is the second frame. */
6218 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6221 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6228 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6229 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6231 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6232 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6233 if (popup_activated ())
6237 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6239 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6240 mouse highlighting. */
6241 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6243 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6245 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6246 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6249 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6252 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6253 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6254 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6256 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6258 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6259 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6262 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6266 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6267 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6268 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6271 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6272 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6273 status_return even if the input is too long to
6274 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6275 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6276 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6277 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6278 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6279 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6280 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6282 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6286 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6287 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6288 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6290 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6294 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6295 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6296 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6298 /* This will have to go some day... */
6300 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6301 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6302 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6303 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6304 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6305 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6306 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6308 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6309 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6310 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6311 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6312 not it is combined with Meta. */
6313 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6314 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6319 Status status_return
;
6321 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6322 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6323 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6324 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6326 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6328 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6329 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6330 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6331 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6332 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6335 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6336 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6338 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6343 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6344 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6348 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6349 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6352 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6353 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6357 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6358 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6359 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6362 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6363 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6365 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6366 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6368 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6369 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6371 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6372 translations to characters. */
6373 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6374 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6376 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6377 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6381 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6382 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6384 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6385 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6387 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6388 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6392 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6393 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6394 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6398 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6399 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6400 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6401 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6405 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6406 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6407 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6408 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6409 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6410 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6412 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6413 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6415 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6416 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6417 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6418 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6419 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6420 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6422 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6423 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6425 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6426 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6428 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6429 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6431 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6432 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6434 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6435 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6437 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6438 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6440 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6441 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6443 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6444 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6446 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6447 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6449 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6450 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6452 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6453 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6455 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6456 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6458 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6459 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6461 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6462 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6463 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6464 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6465 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6466 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6467 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6468 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6469 don't have real modifiers but
6470 should be treated similarly to
6471 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6472 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6473 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6475 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6476 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6480 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6481 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6483 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6484 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6488 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6493 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6495 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6497 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6500 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6502 /* Decode the input data. */
6506 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6507 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6508 we used just above and the locale. */
6509 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6510 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6511 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6512 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6513 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6514 gives us composition information. */
6515 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6517 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6518 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6519 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6520 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6521 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6522 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6523 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6524 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6527 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6528 character events. */
6529 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6531 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6532 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6534 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6535 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6536 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6537 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6539 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6544 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6546 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6552 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6553 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6561 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6563 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6564 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6572 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6573 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6575 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6577 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6578 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6580 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6581 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6582 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6583 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6585 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6586 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6587 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6588 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6593 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6597 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6598 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6600 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6603 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6605 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6606 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6607 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6608 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6611 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6612 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6613 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6614 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6615 if (any_help_event_p
)
6619 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6620 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6621 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6626 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6631 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6632 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6633 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6635 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6636 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6637 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6639 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6641 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6643 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6644 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6648 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6654 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6655 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6656 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6660 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6661 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6664 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6665 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6666 will be selected only when it is active. */
6667 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6668 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6669 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6670 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6671 create event iff we don't leave the
6673 && (focus_follows_mouse
6674 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6675 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6677 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6678 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6683 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6684 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6688 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6689 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6690 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6691 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6694 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6695 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6697 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6698 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6699 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6702 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6703 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6704 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6705 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6710 case ConfigureNotify
:
6711 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6714 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6715 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6717 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6718 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6724 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6726 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6727 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6729 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6730 is called by the code that handles resizing
6731 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6733 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6734 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6735 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6736 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6737 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6738 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6739 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6741 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6742 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6743 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6746 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6747 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6748 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6752 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6753 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6754 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6755 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6758 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6762 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6763 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6772 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6773 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6776 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6777 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6778 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6780 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6782 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6783 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6785 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6788 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6793 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6794 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6795 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6798 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6799 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6801 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6802 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6804 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6806 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6807 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6808 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6809 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6814 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6815 if (! popup_activated ())
6818 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6820 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6821 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6823 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6824 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6826 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6827 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6830 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6832 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6833 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6834 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6838 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6839 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6840 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6842 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6843 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6845 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6847 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6848 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6850 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6852 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6853 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6856 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6858 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6859 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6862 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6865 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6867 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6868 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6869 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6873 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6874 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6875 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6876 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6877 Instead, save it away
6878 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6879 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6880 if (! popup_activated ()
6882 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6883 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6885 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6886 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6887 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6888 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6889 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6890 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6891 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6892 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6894 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6895 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6896 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6898 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6900 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6905 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6909 case CirculateNotify
:
6912 case CirculateRequest
:
6915 case VisibilityNotify
:
6919 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6921 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6923 case MappingModifier
:
6924 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6925 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6926 case MappingKeyboard
:
6927 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6932 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6937 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6939 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6940 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6942 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6947 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6949 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6954 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6959 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6965 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6966 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6967 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6971 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6972 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6982 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6983 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6984 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6986 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6988 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6990 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6991 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6993 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6996 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7002 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7003 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7004 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7006 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7007 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7008 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7011 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7014 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7018 int event_found
= 0;
7020 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7022 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7024 pending_signals
= 1;
7029 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7031 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7035 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7036 input_signal_count
++;
7041 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7042 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7044 struct input_event inev
;
7046 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7047 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7048 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7050 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7057 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7058 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7060 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7061 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7065 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7069 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7072 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7073 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7078 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7079 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7081 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7087 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7088 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7089 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7090 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7092 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7093 from all displays. */
7095 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7097 current_count
= count
;
7098 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7100 gtk_main_iteration ();
7102 count
= current_count
;
7104 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7106 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7109 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7113 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7114 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7117 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7118 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7119 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7121 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7125 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7126 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7128 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7130 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7131 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7135 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7137 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7138 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7140 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7141 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7153 /***********************************************************************
7155 ***********************************************************************/
7157 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7158 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7160 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7161 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7162 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7165 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7167 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7168 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7169 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7171 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7173 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7174 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7175 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7176 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7177 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7179 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7183 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7186 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7188 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7189 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7190 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7193 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7196 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7197 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7198 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7199 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7202 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7203 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7204 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7206 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7207 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7208 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7209 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7210 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7212 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7213 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7214 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7216 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7217 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7218 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7219 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7223 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7225 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7226 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7227 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7231 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7233 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7234 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7236 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7237 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7239 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7240 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7243 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7244 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7245 the bar might not be in the window. */
7246 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7248 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7249 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7250 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7254 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7255 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7256 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7257 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7258 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7261 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7262 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7263 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7264 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7265 that the glyph is legible. */
7266 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7267 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7269 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7270 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7273 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7276 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7277 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7280 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7282 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7284 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7287 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7288 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7290 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7292 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7293 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7294 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7295 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7297 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7298 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7299 width
, row
->height
);
7303 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7306 width
= row
->height
;
7308 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7310 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7311 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7313 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7314 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7315 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7316 row
->height
- width
),
7317 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7320 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7325 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7328 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7330 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7331 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7332 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7333 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7337 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7340 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7342 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7343 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7345 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7346 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7347 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7352 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7355 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7357 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7361 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7362 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7364 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7365 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7366 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7367 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7369 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7370 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7374 switch (cursor_type
)
7376 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7377 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7380 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7381 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7385 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7389 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7393 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7402 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7403 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7404 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7416 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7419 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7423 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7426 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7427 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7428 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7429 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7434 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7435 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7436 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7438 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7439 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7440 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7444 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7445 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7451 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7452 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7455 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7457 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7459 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7463 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7466 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7467 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7471 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7472 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7476 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7477 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7478 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7479 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7480 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7482 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7485 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7486 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7492 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7493 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7496 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7498 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7503 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7504 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7506 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7507 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7510 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7511 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7512 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7513 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7518 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7520 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7521 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7523 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7524 be called from a signal handler.
7527 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7528 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7530 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7532 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7534 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7535 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7536 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7539 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7541 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7542 x_error_message
->string
,
7543 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7546 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7547 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7550 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7551 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7552 stored in *x_error_message.
7554 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7555 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7557 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7559 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7562 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7564 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7566 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7570 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7571 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7572 x_error_message
= data
;
7575 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7576 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7579 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7581 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7585 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7586 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7587 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7588 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7590 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7591 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7596 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7597 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7598 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7601 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7603 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7606 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7608 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7609 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7610 x_uncatch_errors ();
7611 error (format
, string
);
7615 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7616 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7619 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7621 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7624 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7627 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7630 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7632 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7635 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7636 * idea. --lorentey */
7637 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7640 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7642 while (x_error_message
)
7643 x_uncatch_errors ();
7647 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7650 x_catching_errors (void)
7652 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7656 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7659 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7664 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7665 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7666 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7667 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7668 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7671 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7672 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7675 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7676 must reestablish each time */
7677 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7682 /************************************************************************
7684 ************************************************************************/
7686 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7688 static char *error_msg
;
7690 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7691 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7692 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7695 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7697 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7701 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7702 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7705 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7708 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7709 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7711 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7712 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7713 handling_signal
= 0;
7715 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7716 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7717 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7718 the original message here. */
7719 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7721 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7722 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7726 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7728 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7729 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7732 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7733 that are on the dead display. */
7734 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7736 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7738 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7739 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7740 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7741 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7742 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7743 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7746 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7747 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7748 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7749 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7750 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7751 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7753 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7754 trying to find a replacement. */
7755 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7756 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7759 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7760 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7763 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7764 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7765 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7766 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7768 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7769 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7770 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7772 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7773 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7775 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7776 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7777 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7778 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7779 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7780 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7781 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7784 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7785 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7786 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7787 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7788 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7789 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7790 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7791 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7792 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7795 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7797 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7798 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7800 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7801 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7802 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7803 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7808 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7809 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7813 x_uncatch_errors ();
7815 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7817 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7818 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7822 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7824 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7826 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7827 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7829 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7830 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7831 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7832 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7833 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7834 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7837 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7838 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7839 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7841 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7842 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7845 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7847 if (x_error_message
)
7848 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7850 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7854 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7855 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7856 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7858 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7860 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7861 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7863 static void NO_INLINE
7864 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7866 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7868 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7869 or colors that are not defined. */
7871 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7874 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7875 original error handler. */
7877 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7878 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7879 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7880 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7884 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7885 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7886 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7889 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7893 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7894 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7898 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7900 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7901 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7902 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7906 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7908 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7911 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7912 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7913 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7914 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7918 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7919 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7920 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7921 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7922 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7924 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7926 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7927 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7929 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7930 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7931 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7935 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7936 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7939 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7941 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7942 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7943 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7944 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7945 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7950 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7953 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7962 /***********************************************************************
7964 ***********************************************************************/
7970 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7971 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7972 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7975 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7977 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7978 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7982 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7983 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7985 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7986 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7988 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7989 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7993 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7994 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7995 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7999 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8002 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8003 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8006 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8007 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8010 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8018 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8019 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8026 XIMCallback destroy
;
8029 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8030 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8033 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8034 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8035 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8041 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8042 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8046 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8048 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8049 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8050 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8051 when the callback was registered. */
8054 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8056 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8057 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8059 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8063 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8065 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8066 as they have no XIC. */
8067 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8069 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8072 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8074 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8077 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8078 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8080 create_frame_xic (f
);
8081 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8082 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8083 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8085 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8086 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8095 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8098 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8099 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8100 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8101 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8104 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8106 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8110 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8111 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8114 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8115 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8116 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8117 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8118 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8119 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8120 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8121 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8122 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8123 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8124 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8125 least, hence the configure test. */
8126 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8127 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8128 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8129 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8131 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8135 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8138 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8143 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8144 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8145 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8147 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8148 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8149 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8150 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8151 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8152 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8153 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8154 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8156 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8159 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8163 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8164 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8167 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8169 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8171 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8172 is already for the top-left corner. */
8173 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8176 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8177 position that fits on the screen. */
8178 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8179 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8180 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8183 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8185 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8186 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8187 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8189 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8190 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8191 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8192 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8195 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8196 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8198 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8201 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8202 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8203 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8206 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8207 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8208 so the flags should correspond. */
8209 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8212 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8213 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8214 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8215 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8216 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8219 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8221 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8223 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8225 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8226 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8230 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8232 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8234 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8235 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8237 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8240 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8242 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8243 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8245 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8247 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8248 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8249 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8250 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8251 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8254 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8255 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8257 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8258 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8261 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8262 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8263 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8264 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8267 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8268 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8269 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8271 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8272 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8273 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8274 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8275 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8276 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8281 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8282 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8283 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8284 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8285 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8288 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, const char *atomname
)
8291 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8292 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8294 Window wmcheck_window
;
8295 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8296 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8297 long max_len
= 65536;
8298 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8299 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8300 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8305 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8307 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8308 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8309 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8310 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8311 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8313 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8315 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8316 x_uncatch_errors ();
8321 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8324 /* Check if window exists. */
8325 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8327 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8329 x_uncatch_errors ();
8334 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8336 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8337 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8338 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8339 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8340 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8341 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8343 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8344 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8346 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8347 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8348 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8349 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8351 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8353 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8354 x_uncatch_errors ();
8359 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8360 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8361 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8365 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8367 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8368 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8370 x_uncatch_errors ();
8377 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, const char *what
, const char *what2
)
8379 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8380 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8381 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8383 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8385 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8387 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8389 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8395 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8399 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8400 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8401 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8404 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8405 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8406 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8409 get_current_vm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8415 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8416 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8417 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8418 long max_len
= 65536;
8419 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8420 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8421 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8424 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8427 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8428 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8429 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8430 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8431 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8433 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8435 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8436 x_uncatch_errors ();
8441 x_uncatch_errors ();
8443 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8445 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8446 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8448 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8449 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8451 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8453 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8455 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8456 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8458 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8460 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8461 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8462 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8466 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8470 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8473 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8475 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8476 Lisp_Object lval
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
8479 get_current_vm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8481 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8482 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8484 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8486 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8489 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8490 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8491 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8493 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8495 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8496 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8497 are sent at once. */
8498 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8500 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8501 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8502 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8503 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, fh
);
8504 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8506 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8507 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8508 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8509 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, fh
);
8510 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8511 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8513 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8514 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8515 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, fw
);
8517 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8518 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8520 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8521 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8522 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8523 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8525 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8526 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8527 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8529 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, fh
);
8532 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8536 return have_net_atom
;
8540 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8542 if (f
->async_visible
)
8545 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8553 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8555 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8559 get_current_vm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8563 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8566 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8569 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8572 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8577 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8578 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8581 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8582 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8584 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8586 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8589 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8590 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8592 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8594 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8595 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8597 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8599 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8600 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8601 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8602 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8603 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8605 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8606 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8608 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8609 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8612 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8614 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8615 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8616 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8621 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8622 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8623 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8624 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8625 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8626 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8627 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8630 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8632 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8634 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8635 window manager window around the frame. */
8637 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8639 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8641 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8646 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8647 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8648 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8650 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8652 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8653 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8655 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8656 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8658 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8661 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8662 frame's position. */
8664 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8668 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8669 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8670 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8671 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8672 of an exact comparison. */
8675 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8679 while (count
++ < 50)
8681 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8683 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8684 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8687 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8688 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8692 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8695 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8696 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8699 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8703 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8704 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8706 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8710 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8712 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8714 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8717 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8718 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8720 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8721 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8723 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8724 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8725 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8726 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8727 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8729 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8731 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8732 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8733 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8735 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8740 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8741 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8743 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8744 break; /* Timeout */
8746 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8747 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8751 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8752 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8753 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8754 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8757 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8759 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8761 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8762 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8763 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8765 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8767 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8769 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8770 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8771 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8772 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8774 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8775 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8776 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8777 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8780 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8781 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8782 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8783 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8784 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8786 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8787 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8788 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8789 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8791 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8792 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8793 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8794 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8795 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8797 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8800 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8801 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8802 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8803 if (f
->async_visible
)
8804 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8807 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8808 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8809 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8815 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8816 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8817 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8818 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8821 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8825 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8829 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8830 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8831 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8832 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8833 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8834 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8835 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8836 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8837 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8838 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8840 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8842 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8843 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8844 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8845 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8846 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8847 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8848 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8852 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8853 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8855 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8856 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8858 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8860 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8862 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8863 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8865 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8866 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8867 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8868 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8869 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8874 /* Mouse warping. */
8877 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8881 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8882 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8884 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8885 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8887 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8888 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8892 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8893 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8897 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8900 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8904 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8905 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8909 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8912 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8915 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8916 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8917 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8918 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8919 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8924 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8927 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8928 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8929 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8930 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8934 /* Raise frame F. */
8937 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8940 if (f
->async_visible
)
8941 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8943 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8947 /* Lower frame F. */
8950 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8952 if (f
->async_visible
)
8955 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8956 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8961 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8964 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8966 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8967 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8969 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8970 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8973 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8974 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8975 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8977 Fcons (make_number (1),
8978 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8984 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8992 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8995 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8998 unsigned long data
[2];
9000 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9002 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9005 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9006 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9010 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9014 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9015 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9016 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9017 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9018 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9019 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9020 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9021 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9022 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9024 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9025 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9026 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9029 /* Change of visibility. */
9031 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9032 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9033 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9034 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9035 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9036 finishes with it. */
9039 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9042 int original_top
, original_left
;
9043 int retry_count
= 2;
9049 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9051 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9053 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9055 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9056 call x_set_offset a second time
9057 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9058 before the window gets really visible. */
9059 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9060 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9061 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9062 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9064 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9066 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9067 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9068 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9069 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9070 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9073 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9074 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9076 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9078 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9079 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9081 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9082 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9084 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9085 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9086 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9089 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9091 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9092 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9093 so that incoming events are handled. */
9097 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9098 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9099 will set it when they are handled. */
9100 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9102 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9103 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9105 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9108 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9110 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9111 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9112 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9113 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9115 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9116 because the window manager may choose the position
9117 and we don't want to override it. */
9119 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9120 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9121 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9122 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9123 && previously_visible
)
9127 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9131 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9132 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9133 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9134 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9135 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9136 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9137 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9138 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9139 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9141 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9142 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9143 original_left
, original_top
);
9148 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9150 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9151 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9152 MapNotify at all.. */
9153 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9154 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9156 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9159 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9160 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9161 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9162 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9163 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9165 if (input_polling_used ())
9167 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9168 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9169 handler reset it. */
9170 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9171 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9172 poll_for_input_1 ();
9173 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9176 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9177 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9182 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9186 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9187 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9188 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9189 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9191 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9196 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9198 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9201 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9205 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9206 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9208 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9209 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9210 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9214 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9215 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9216 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9217 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9218 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9219 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9222 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9223 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9226 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9227 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9232 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9233 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9235 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9236 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9240 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9241 just by the event that we get from the server.
9242 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9243 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9244 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9246 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9247 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9248 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9255 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9258 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9263 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9264 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9265 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9267 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9272 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9274 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9276 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9279 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9281 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9282 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9284 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9287 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9288 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9294 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9296 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9298 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9299 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9300 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9301 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9302 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9303 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9304 so we have to record it here. */
9307 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9308 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9313 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9314 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9315 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9319 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9321 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9322 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9326 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9328 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9330 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9331 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9332 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9333 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9334 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9335 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9337 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9338 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9340 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9341 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9345 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9346 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9347 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9348 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9349 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9351 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9352 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9354 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9357 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9358 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9362 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9364 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9366 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9368 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9369 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9372 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9373 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9375 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9377 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9381 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9384 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9386 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9388 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9389 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9393 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9394 commands to the X server. */
9395 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9397 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9398 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9400 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9401 free_frame_faces (f
);
9403 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9404 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9406 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9407 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9408 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9409 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9410 toolkit scroll bars. */
9411 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9413 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9414 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9423 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9426 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9427 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9429 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9430 we are using a toolkit. */
9431 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9432 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9434 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9435 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9438 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9439 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9441 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9442 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9443 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9445 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9446 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9447 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9448 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9449 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9450 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9453 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9455 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9456 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9457 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9459 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9460 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9461 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9462 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9464 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9465 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9466 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9469 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9472 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9473 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9474 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9476 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9477 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9478 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9479 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9480 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9481 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9483 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9485 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9486 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9487 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9488 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9489 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9490 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9491 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9498 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9501 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9505 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9506 commands to the X server. */
9507 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9508 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9510 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9514 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9516 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9517 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9518 that the window now has.
9519 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9520 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9521 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9525 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9527 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9528 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9530 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9531 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9533 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9534 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9536 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9537 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9539 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9540 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9541 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9542 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9543 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9544 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9546 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9548 int base_width
, base_height
;
9549 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9551 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9552 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9554 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9556 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9557 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9558 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9559 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9560 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9562 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9563 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9564 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9566 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9567 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9568 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9569 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9570 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9573 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9576 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9581 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9582 long supplied_return
;
9585 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9589 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9594 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9596 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9598 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9599 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9600 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9601 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9608 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9609 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9613 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9614 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9616 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9618 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9620 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9622 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9625 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9627 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9630 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9631 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9632 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9633 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9635 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9636 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9638 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9639 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9643 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9645 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9647 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9648 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9653 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9654 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9655 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9656 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9660 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9668 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9672 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9676 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9677 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9678 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9679 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9682 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9684 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9685 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9687 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9691 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9693 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9695 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9696 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9697 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9699 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9703 /***********************************************************************
9705 ***********************************************************************/
9709 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9713 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9717 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9718 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9719 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9722 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9725 /***********************************************************************
9727 ***********************************************************************/
9729 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9730 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9731 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9732 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9734 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9735 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9736 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9738 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9739 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9740 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9741 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9742 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9743 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9744 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9747 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9749 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9751 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9753 static int x_initialized
;
9756 static int x_session_initialized
;
9759 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9760 the screen number from the server number. */
9762 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9765 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9766 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9767 int length_until_period
= 0;
9769 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9770 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9771 length_until_period
++;
9773 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9774 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9776 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9778 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9779 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9780 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9781 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9782 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9783 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9784 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9785 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9786 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9787 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9788 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9789 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9790 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9791 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9793 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9797 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9801 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9802 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9805 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9806 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9809 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9830 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9831 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9834 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9839 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9841 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9849 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9851 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9852 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9856 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9857 the structure that describes the open display.
9858 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9860 struct x_display_info
*
9861 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9865 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9866 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9868 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9878 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9879 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9885 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9886 char **argv2
= argv
;
9889 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9891 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9895 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9896 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9898 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9902 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9904 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9906 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9907 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9910 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9911 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9913 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9915 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9916 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9917 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9918 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9919 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9920 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9922 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9926 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9928 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9929 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9931 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9933 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9934 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9936 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9937 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9939 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9940 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9943 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9944 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9947 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9949 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9951 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9952 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9953 So let's not use it until R6. */
9955 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9966 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9967 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9969 turn_on_atimers (0);
9970 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9971 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9972 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9974 turn_on_atimers (1);
9977 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9982 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9983 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9984 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9985 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9986 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9988 /* Detect failure. */
9995 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9997 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9998 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9999 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10001 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10004 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10007 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10008 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10009 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10010 SDATA (display_name
)))
10013 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10016 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10017 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10018 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10020 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10021 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10022 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10023 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10024 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10026 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10028 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10030 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10031 list of terminals. */
10032 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10033 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10034 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10035 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10037 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10038 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10040 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10041 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10042 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10044 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10045 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10049 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10050 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10051 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10052 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10053 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10055 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10058 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10059 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10060 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10062 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10063 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10064 x_display_name_list
);
10065 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10067 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10069 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10070 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10071 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10072 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10075 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10079 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10080 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10082 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10083 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10085 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10086 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10088 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10090 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10091 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10092 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10094 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10095 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10097 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10098 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10099 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10100 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10102 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10104 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10106 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10108 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10109 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10110 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10111 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10112 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10113 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10114 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10115 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10116 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10117 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10118 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10119 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10121 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10122 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10123 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10124 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10125 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10126 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10127 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10131 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10132 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10133 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10134 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10135 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10137 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10138 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10141 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10143 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10144 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10145 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10146 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10147 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10148 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10151 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10152 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10154 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10157 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10158 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10159 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10161 if (STRINGP (value
)
10162 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10163 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10164 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10168 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10169 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10173 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10174 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10175 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10176 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10177 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10179 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10181 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10182 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10186 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10188 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10189 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10190 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10191 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10192 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10193 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10194 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10195 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10196 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10199 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10200 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10201 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10202 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10203 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10204 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10205 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10206 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10207 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10208 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10209 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10210 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10211 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10212 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10213 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10214 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10215 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10216 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10217 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10218 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10219 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10220 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10221 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10222 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10223 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10224 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10225 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10226 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10227 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10228 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10229 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10230 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10231 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10232 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10233 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10234 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10235 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10236 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10237 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10238 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10239 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10240 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10241 /* For properties of font. */
10242 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10243 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10244 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10245 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10246 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10247 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10248 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10249 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10250 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10251 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10253 /* Ghostscript support. */
10254 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10255 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10257 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10260 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10263 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10264 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10265 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10266 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10267 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10268 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10269 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10270 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10271 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10272 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10274 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10275 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10276 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10277 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
10278 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", False
);
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
10280 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_NAME", False
);
10282 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10283 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10284 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10285 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10287 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10288 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10289 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10291 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10292 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10296 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10298 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10299 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10303 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10306 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10308 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10309 if (connection
!= 0)
10310 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10313 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10314 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10317 if (interrupt_input
)
10318 init_sigio (connection
);
10319 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10323 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10324 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10327 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10328 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10329 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10330 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10331 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10332 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10333 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10334 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10336 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10337 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10338 x_uncatch_errors ();
10342 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10343 for debugging X code. */
10346 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10347 build_string ("synchronous"),
10348 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10350 if (STRINGP (value
)
10351 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10352 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10353 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10358 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10359 build_string ("useXIM"),
10360 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10363 if (STRINGP (value
)
10364 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10365 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10368 if (STRINGP (value
)
10369 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10370 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10376 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10377 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10379 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10380 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10388 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10389 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10392 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10394 struct terminal
*t
;
10396 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10398 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10399 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10402 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10403 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10404 x_session_close ();
10406 delete_terminal (t
);
10410 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10412 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10413 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10414 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10415 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10416 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10421 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10422 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10424 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10426 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10429 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10433 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10434 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10436 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10437 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10440 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10442 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10443 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10444 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10447 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10448 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10449 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10453 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10455 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10456 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10457 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10458 that slows us down. */
10461 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10464 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10465 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10467 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10468 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10469 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10470 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10475 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10476 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10477 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10478 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10479 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10480 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10481 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10484 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10487 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10489 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10491 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10492 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10493 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10498 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10501 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10503 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10505 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10507 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10511 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10513 x_after_update_window_line
,
10514 x_update_window_begin
,
10515 x_update_window_end
,
10521 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10523 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10524 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10525 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10526 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10527 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10528 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10529 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10530 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10531 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10532 x_clear_frame_area
,
10533 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10534 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10535 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10539 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10541 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10543 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10545 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10546 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10547 if (!terminal
->name
)
10552 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10555 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10558 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10559 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10560 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10562 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10563 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10565 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10566 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10567 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10568 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10570 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10571 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10572 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10573 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10574 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10575 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10576 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10577 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10578 leaks in other situations. */
10580 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10581 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10583 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10585 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10586 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10587 closing all the displays. */
10588 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10592 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10594 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10595 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10597 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10599 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10602 /* Mark as dead. */
10603 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10604 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10608 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10609 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10611 static struct terminal
*
10612 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10614 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10616 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10618 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10619 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10620 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10622 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10624 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10625 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10626 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10627 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10628 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10629 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10630 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10631 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10632 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10633 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10634 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10635 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10636 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10637 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10638 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10639 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10640 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10641 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10642 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10643 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10645 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10646 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10648 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10649 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10650 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10651 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10652 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10653 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10660 x_initialize (void)
10665 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10666 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10667 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10669 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10673 current_count
= -1;
10676 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10677 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10679 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10680 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10682 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10684 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10685 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10686 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10687 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10688 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10689 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10690 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10692 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10695 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10697 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10698 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10702 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10703 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10704 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10706 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10707 original error handler. */
10708 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10709 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10711 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10713 xgselect_initialize ();
10718 syms_of_xterm (void)
10720 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10722 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10723 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10725 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10726 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10728 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10729 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10731 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10732 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10734 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10735 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10738 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10739 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10741 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10742 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10745 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10746 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10747 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10748 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10749 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10750 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10751 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10753 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10755 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10756 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10757 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10758 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10759 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10760 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10761 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10763 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10764 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10765 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10766 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10767 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10768 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10769 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10770 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10771 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10773 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10774 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10775 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10776 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10777 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10778 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10779 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10781 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10782 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10783 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10785 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10787 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10790 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10793 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10794 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10796 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10797 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10798 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10799 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10800 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10801 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10802 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10803 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10804 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10806 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10807 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10808 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10809 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10810 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10811 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10813 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10814 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10815 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10816 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10817 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10818 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10820 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10821 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10822 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10823 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10824 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10825 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10827 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10828 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10829 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10830 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10831 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10832 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10834 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10835 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10836 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10837 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10838 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10842 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */